blob: 254382bba2523bdfb5487b017b0614e206d109cd [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreaub03d2982009-07-29 22:38:32 +02007 2009/07/27
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
344preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100351Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
479 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
480 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
481 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100482 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
483 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
484 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
485 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100486
487 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
488 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
489 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
490 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
491 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
492 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
493 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200494
495stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
496 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
497 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100498 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200499
500stats maxconn <connections>
501 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
502 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
503
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200504uid <number>
505 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
506 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
507 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
508 one. See also "gid" and "user".
509
510ulimit-n <number>
511 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
512 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
513 option.
514
515user <user name>
516 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
517 See also "uid" and "group".
518
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200519node <name>
520 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
521
522 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
523 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
524 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
525 traffic.
526
527description <text>
528 Add a text that describes the instance.
529
530 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
531 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
532 "<" and ">" characters.
533
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200534
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005353.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200536-----------------------
537
538maxconn <number>
539 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
541 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
542 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
543
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100544maxpipes <number>
545 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
546 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
547 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
548 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
549 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
550 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
551
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200552noepoll
553 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
554 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
555 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
556
557nokqueue
558 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
559 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
560 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
561
562nopoll
563 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
564 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100565 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200566 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
567 "nokqueue".
568
569nosepoll
570 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
571 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
573
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100574nosplice
575 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
576 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
577 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
578 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
579 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
580 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
581 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
582 "option splice-response".
583
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200584spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
585 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
586 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
587 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
588 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
589 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
590
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200591tune.bufsize <number>
592 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
593 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
594 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
595 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
596 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
597 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
598 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
599 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
600
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100601tune.maxaccept <number>
602 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
603 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
604 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100605 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100606 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
607 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100608 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100609 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
610
611tune.maxpollevents <number>
612 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
613 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
614 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
615 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
616 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
617
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200618tune.maxrewrite <number>
619 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
620 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
621 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
622 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
623 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
624 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
625 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
626 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
627 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
628 bufsize.
629
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200630
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006313.3. Debugging
632--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200633
634debug
635 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
636 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
637 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
638 system startup.
639
640quiet
641 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
642 line argument "-q".
643
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200644
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006454. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200646----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100647
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200648Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
649 - defaults <name>
650 - frontend <name>
651 - backend <name>
652 - listen <name>
653
654A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
655its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
656section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100657section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658
659A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
660connections.
661
662A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
663to forward incoming connections.
664
665A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
666parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
667
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100668All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
669'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
670case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
671
672Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
673logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
674proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
675However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
676name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
677
678Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
679and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
680bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
681protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
682modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
683arbitrary criteria.
684
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100685
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006864.1. Proxy keywords matrix
687--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100688
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200689The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
690limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
691they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
692limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200693listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200694option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200695and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
696with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
697specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100698
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200699
700keyword defaults frontend listen backend
701----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
702acl - X X X
703appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100704backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100705balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200706bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100707bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200708block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100709capture cookie - X X -
710capture request header - X X -
711capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100712clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100713contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200714cookie X - X X
715default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200716description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100719enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720errorfile X X X X
721errorloc X X X X
722errorloc302 X X X X
723errorloc303 X X X X
724fullconn X - X X
725grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100726http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200727log X X X X
728maxconn X X X -
729mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100730monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200731monitor-net X X X -
732monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100733[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200734[no] option accept-invalid-
735 http-request X X X -
736[no] option accept-invalid-
737 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100738[no] option allbackups X - X X
739[no] option checkcache X - X X
740[no] option clitcpka X X X -
741[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200742[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100743[no] option dontlognull X X X -
744[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200745option forwardfor X X X X
746option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100747[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200748option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200749[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200750[no] option independant-
751 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200752[no] option log-health- X - X X
753 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200754[no] option log-separate-
755 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100756[no] option logasap X X X -
757[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200758option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100759[no] option persist X - X X
760[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200761option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100762[no] option splice-auto X X X X
763[no] option splice-request X X X X
764[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100765[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200766option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200767[no] option tcp-smart-
768 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200769option tcpka X X X X
770option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100771[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200772persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100773rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200774redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100775redisp X - X X (deprecated)
776redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200777reqadd - X X X
778reqallow - X X X
779reqdel - X X X
780reqdeny - X X X
781reqiallow - X X X
782reqidel - X X X
783reqideny - X X X
784reqipass - X X X
785reqirep - X X X
786reqisetbe - X X X
787reqitarpit - X X X
788reqpass - X X X
789reqrep - X X X
790reqsetbe - X X X
791reqtarpit - X X X
792retries X - X X
793rspadd - X X X
794rspdel - X X X
795rspdeny - X X X
796rspidel - X X X
797rspideny - X X X
798rspirep - X X X
799rsprep - X X X
800server - - X X
801source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100802srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200803stats auth X - X X
804stats enable X - X X
805stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200806stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200807stats scope X - X X
808stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200809stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200810tcp-request content accept - X X -
811tcp-request content reject - X X -
812tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100813timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100814timeout client X X X -
815timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
816timeout connect X - X X
817timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200818timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100819timeout queue X - X X
820timeout server X - X X
821timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100822timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100823transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200824use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200825----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
826keyword defaults frontend listen backend
827
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100828
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008294.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
830---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100831
832This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
833
834
835acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
836 Declare or complete an access list.
837 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
838 no | yes | yes | yes
839 Example:
840 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
841 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
842 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
843
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200844 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100845
846
847appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
848 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
849 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
850 no | no | yes | yes
851 Arguments :
852 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
853 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
854
855 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
856 checked in each cookie value.
857
858 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
859 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
860 milliseconds.
861
862 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
863 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
864 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
865 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
866 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
867 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
868 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
869 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
870 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
871
872 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
873
874 Example :
875 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
876
877 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
878
879
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100880backlog <conns>
881 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
882 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
883 yes | yes | yes | no
884 Arguments :
885 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
886 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
887 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
888
889 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
890 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
891 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
892 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
893 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
894 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
895 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
896 backlog parameter.
897
898 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
899 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
900 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
901
902 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
903
904
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100905balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200906balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100907 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
908 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
909 yes | no | yes | yes
910 Arguments :
911 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
912 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
913 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
914 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
915
916 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
917 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
918 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
919 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200920 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
921 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
922 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
923 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
924 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
925 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
926 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
927 it, so that you don't worry.
928
929 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
930 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
931 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
932 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
933 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
934 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
935 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
936 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100937
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100938 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
939 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
940 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
941 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
942 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
943 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
944 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
945 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
946
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100947 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
948 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
949 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
950 address will always reach the same server as long as no
951 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
952 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
953 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
954 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
955 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
956 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
957 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
958 fly will have no effect.
959
960 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
961 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
962 result designates which server will receive the request. This
963 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
964 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
965 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
966 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
967 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
968 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
969 effect.
970
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200971 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
972 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
973 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
974 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
975 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
976 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
977 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
978 URIs start with a leading "/".
979
980 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
981 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
982 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
983 evaluation stops when either is reached.
984
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100985 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200986 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
987
988 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
989 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
990 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
991 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
992 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
993 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
994 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
995 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
996 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
997 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
998 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
999 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1000 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1001 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1002 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1003 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1004 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1005 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1006 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1007 be randomly balanced if at all.
1008
1009 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1010 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1011 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1012 server will receive the request.
1013
1014 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1015 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1016 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1017 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1018 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
1019 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
1020 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001021
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001022 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1023 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1024 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
1025 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
1026 algorithm is applied instead.
1027
1028 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
1029 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1030 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1031 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1032
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001033 rdp-cookie
1034 rdp-cookie(name)
1035 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1036 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1037 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1038 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1039 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1040 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
1041 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
1042 used instead.
1043
1044 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1045 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1046 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1047 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1048
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001049 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001050 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1051 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001052
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001053 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001054 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001055
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001056 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1057 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1058 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001059
1060 Examples :
1061 balance roundrobin
1062 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001063 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001064 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1065 balance hdr(host)
1066 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001067
1068 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1069 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1070
1071 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
1072 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1073 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1074 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1075 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1076
1077 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1078 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1079 defaults to 16 kB.
1080
1081 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1082 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1083
1084 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1085 Round Robin.
1086
1087 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1088 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1089 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1090 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1091
1092 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1093
1094 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1095 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1096 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1097 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1098 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001099
1100 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1101
1102
1103bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001104bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001105bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001106bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001107 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1108 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1109 no | yes | yes | no
1110 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001111 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1112 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1113 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1114 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1115 special address "0.0.0.0".
1116
1117 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1118 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1119 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001120
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001121 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1122 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1123 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1124 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1125 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1126 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1127 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1128 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1129 privileges.
1130
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001131 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1132 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1133 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1134 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1135 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1136 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1137 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1138 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1139
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001140 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1141 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1142 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1143 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1144 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1145 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1146 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1147 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1148 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001149
1150 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1151 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1152 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1153 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1154 in a frontend.
1155
1156 Example :
1157 listen http_proxy
1158 bind :80,:443
1159 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1160
1161 See also : "source".
1162
1163
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001164bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1165 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1166 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1167 yes | yes | yes | yes
1168 Arguments :
1169 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1170 may be used to override a default value.
1171
1172 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1173 option may be combined with other numbers.
1174
1175 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1176 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1177 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1178 missing from all processes.
1179
1180 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1181 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1182 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1183 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1184
1185 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1186 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1187 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1188 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1189 and 'even' instances.
1190
1191 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1192 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1193 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1194 32.
1195
1196 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1197 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1198
1199 Example :
1200 listen app_ip1
1201 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1202 bind_process odd
1203
1204 listen app_ip2
1205 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1206 bind_process even
1207
1208 listen management
1209 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1210 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1211
1212 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1213
1214
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001215block { if | unless } <condition>
1216 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1217 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1218 no | yes | yes | yes
1219
1220 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1221 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001222 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001223 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1224 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1225 "block" statements per instance.
1226
1227 Example:
1228 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1229 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1230 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1231 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1232
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001233 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001234
1235
1236capture cookie <name> len <length>
1237 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1238 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1239 no | yes | yes | no
1240 Arguments :
1241 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1242 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1243 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1244 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1245 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1246
1247 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1248 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1249 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1250 right if it exceeds <length>.
1251
1252 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1253 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1254 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1255 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1256
1257 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1258 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1259 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1260
1261 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1262 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1263 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1264 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1265 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1266 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1267
1268 Example:
1269 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1270
1271 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001272 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001273
1274
1275capture request header <name> len <length>
1276 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1277 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1278 no | yes | yes | no
1279 Arguments :
1280 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001281 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001282 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1283 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1284 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1285
1286 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1287 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1288 it exceeds <length>.
1289
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001290 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001291 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1292 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001293 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1294 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1295 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1296 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1297 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1298 environments to find where the request came from.
1299
1300 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1301 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1302 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1303 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001304
1305 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1306 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1307 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1308 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1309
1310 Example:
1311 capture request header Host len 15
1312 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1313 capture request header Referrer len 15
1314
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001315 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001316 about logging.
1317
1318
1319capture response header <name> len <length>
1320 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1321 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1322 no | yes | yes | no
1323 Arguments :
1324 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001325 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001326 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1327 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1328 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1329
1330 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1331 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1332 it exceeds <length>.
1333
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001334 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001335 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1336 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1337 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001338 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1339 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1340 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1341 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001342
1343 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1344 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1345 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1346 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1347
1348 Example:
1349 capture response header Content-length len 9
1350 capture response header Location len 15
1351
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001352 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001353 about logging.
1354
1355
1356clitimeout <timeout>
1357 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1358 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1359 yes | yes | yes | no
1360 Arguments :
1361 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1362 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1363 as explained at the top of this document.
1364
1365 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1366 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1367 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1368 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1369 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1370 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1371 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1372 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001373 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001374 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1375 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1376
1377 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1378 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1379 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1380 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1381 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1382 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1383
1384 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1385 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1386
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001387 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1388 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001389
1390
1391contimeout <timeout>
1392 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1393 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1394 yes | no | yes | yes
1395 Arguments :
1396 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1397 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1398 as explained at the top of this document.
1399
1400 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001401 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001402 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1403 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1404 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1405 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1406 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1407
1408 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1409 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1410 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1411 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1412 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1413 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1414
1415 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1416 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1417 instead.
1418
1419 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1420 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1421
1422
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001423cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1424 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001425 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1426 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1427 yes | no | yes | yes
1428 Arguments :
1429 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1430 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1431 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1432 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1433 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1434 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1435 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1436 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1437 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1438
1439 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1440 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1441 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1442 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1443 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1444 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1445 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1446 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1447 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1448 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1449 "insert" and "prefix".
1450
1451 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1452 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1453 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1454 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1455 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1456 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1457 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1458 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1459 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1460
1461 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1462 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1463 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1464 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1465 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1466 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1467 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1468 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1469 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1470 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1471 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1472
1473 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1474 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1475 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1476 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1477 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1478 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1479 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1480 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1481 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1482 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1483
1484 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1485 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1486 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1487 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1488 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1489 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1490 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1491 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1492 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1493
1494 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1495 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1496 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1497 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1498 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1499 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1500 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1501 persistence cookie in the cache.
1502 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1503
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001504 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1505 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1506 name.
1507
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001508 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1509 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1510 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1511 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001512
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001513 Examples :
1514 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1515 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1516 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1517
1518 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1519
1520
1521default_backend <backend>
1522 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1523 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1524 yes | yes | yes | no
1525 Arguments :
1526 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1527
1528 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1529 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1530 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1531 will catch all undetermined requests.
1532
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001533 Example :
1534
1535 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1536 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1537 default_backend dynamic
1538
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001539 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1540
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001541
1542disabled
1543 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1544 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1545 yes | yes | yes | yes
1546 Arguments : none
1547
1548 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1549 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1550 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1551 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1552 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1553 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1554 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1555
1556 See also : "enabled"
1557
1558
1559enabled
1560 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1561 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1562 yes | yes | yes | yes
1563 Arguments : none
1564
1565 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1566 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1567
1568 See also : "disabled"
1569
1570
1571errorfile <code> <file>
1572 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1573 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1574 yes | yes | yes | yes
1575 Arguments :
1576 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1577 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1578
1579 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001580 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001581 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001582 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1583 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001584
1585 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1586 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1587 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1588
1589 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1590 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1591 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1592 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1593
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001594 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1595 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1596 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1597 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1598 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1599 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1600
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001601 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1602 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1603 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001604 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001605 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1606
1607 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1608
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001609 Example :
1610 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1611 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1612 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1613
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001614
1615errorloc <code> <url>
1616errorloc302 <code> <url>
1617 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1618 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1619 yes | yes | yes | yes
1620 Arguments :
1621 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1622 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1623
1624 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1625 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1626 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1627 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1628 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1629
1630 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1631 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1632 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1633
1634 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1635 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1636 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1637 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1638 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1639 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1640 request.
1641
1642 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1643
1644
1645errorloc303 <code> <url>
1646 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1647 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1648 yes | yes | yes | yes
1649 Arguments :
1650 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1651 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1652
1653 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1654 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1655 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1656 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1657 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1658
1659 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1660 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1661 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1662
1663 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1664 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1665 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1666 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001667 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001668
1669 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1670
1671
1672fullconn <conns>
1673 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1674 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1675 yes | no | yes | yes
1676 Arguments :
1677 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1678 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1679
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001680 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001681 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001682 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001683 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1684 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1685 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1686 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1687 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1688 exceptionnal loads.
1689
1690 Example :
1691 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1692 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1693 # connections.
1694 backend dynamic
1695 fullconn 10000
1696 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1697 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1698
1699 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1700
1701
1702grace <time>
1703 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1704 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1705 no | yes | yes | yes
1706 Arguments :
1707 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1708 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1709 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1710
1711 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1712 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1713 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1714 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1715
1716 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1717 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1718 simplify it.
1719
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001720
1721http-check disable-on-404
1722 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1723 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001724 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001725 Arguments : none
1726
1727 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1728 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1729 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1730 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1731 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1732 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1733 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1734 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1735 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1736
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001737 See also : "option httpchk"
1738
1739
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001740id <value>
1741 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1742 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1743
1744
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001745log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001746log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001747 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1748 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1749 yes | yes | yes | yes
1750 Arguments :
1751 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1752 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1753 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1754 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1755 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1756 parameter.
1757
1758 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1759 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1760
1761 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1762 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1763 standard syslog port).
1764
1765 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1766 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1767 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1768 appropriately writeable).
1769
1770 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1771
1772 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1773 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1774 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1775
1776 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1777 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1778 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001779 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1780 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1781 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1782 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1783 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001784
1785 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1786
1787 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1788 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1789 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1790
1791 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001792 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1793 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1794 "info".
1795
1796 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1797 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1798 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1799 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1800
1801 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1802 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001803
1804 Example :
1805 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001806 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1807 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001808
1809
1810maxconn <conns>
1811 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1812 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1813 yes | yes | yes | no
1814 Arguments :
1815 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1816 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1817 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1818 closes.
1819
1820 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1821 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1822 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1823 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1824 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1825 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1826 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1827 properly tuned.
1828
1829 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1830 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1831 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1832
1833 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1834
1835
1836mode { tcp|http|health }
1837 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1838 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1839 yes | yes | yes | yes
1840 Arguments :
1841 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1842 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1843 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1844 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1845
1846 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1847 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1848 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1849 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1850 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1851
1852 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1853 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1854 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1855 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1856 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1857 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1858
1859 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1860 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1861 will be refused.
1862
1863 Example :
1864 defaults http_instances
1865 mode http
1866
1867 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1868
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001869
1870monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001871 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001872 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1873 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001874 Arguments :
1875 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1876 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1877 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1878 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1879 backend and its backup.
1880
1881 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1882 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1883 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1884 servers in a list of backends.
1885
1886 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1887 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1888 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1889 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1890 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1891 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1892 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001893 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001894
1895 Example:
1896 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001897 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001898 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1899 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1900 monitor-uri /site_alive
1901 monitor fail if site_dead
1902
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001903 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1904
1905
1906monitor-net <source>
1907 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1908 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1909 yes | yes | yes | no
1910 Arguments :
1911 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1912 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1913 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1914 followed by a mask.
1915
1916 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1917 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1918 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1919 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1920
1921 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1922 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1923 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1924 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1925 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1926
1927 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1928 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1929 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1930 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1931 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1932
1933 Example :
1934 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1935 frontend www
1936 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1937
1938 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1939
1940
1941monitor-uri <uri>
1942 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1943 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1944 yes | yes | yes | no
1945 Arguments :
1946 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1947 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1948
1949 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1950 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1951 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1952 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1953 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1954 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1955 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1956 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1957
1958 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1959 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1960 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1961 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1962 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1963 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1964
1965 Example :
1966 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1967 frontend www
1968 mode http
1969 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1970
1971 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1972
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001973
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001974option abortonclose
1975no option abortonclose
1976 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1977 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1978 yes | no | yes | yes
1979 Arguments : none
1980
1981 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1982 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1983 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1984 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001985 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001986 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1987 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1988 encountered while delivering the response.
1989
1990 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1991 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1992 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1993 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1994 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1995 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1996 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1997 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001998 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001999 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2000 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2001 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2002
2003 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2004 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2005 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2006 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2007 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2008 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2009 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2010 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2011 reduces the response time for other users.
2012
2013 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2014 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2015
2016 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2017
2018
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002019option accept-invalid-http-request
2020no option accept-invalid-http-request
2021 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2022 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2023 yes | yes | yes | no
2024 Arguments : none
2025
2026 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2027 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2028 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2029 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2030 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2031 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2032 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2033 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2034 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2035
2036 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2037 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2038 been confirmed.
2039
2040 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2041 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2042 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2043 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2044
2045 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2046 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2047
2048 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2049 stats socket.
2050
2051
2052option accept-invalid-http-response
2053no option accept-invalid-http-response
2054 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2055 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2056 yes | no | yes | yes
2057 Arguments : none
2058
2059 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2060 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2061 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2062 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2063 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2064 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2065 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2066 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2067 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2068
2069 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2070 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2071 been confirmed.
2072
2073 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2074 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2075 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2076 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2077
2078 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2079 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2080
2081 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2082 stats socket.
2083
2084
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002085option allbackups
2086no option allbackups
2087 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2088 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2089 yes | no | yes | yes
2090 Arguments : none
2091
2092 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2093 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2094 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2095 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2096 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2097 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2098 order between the backup servers anymore.
2099
2100 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2101 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2102
2103 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2104 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2105
2106
2107option checkcache
2108no option checkcache
2109 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2110 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2111 yes | no | yes | yes
2112 Arguments : none
2113
2114 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2115 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2116 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2117 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2118 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2119 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2120
2121 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2122 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002123 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002124 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2125 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002126 to the client are :
2127 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002128 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002129 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002130 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2131 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2132 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2133 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2134 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2135 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2136 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2137 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2138 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2139 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2140 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2141
2142 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002143 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002144 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2145 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2146 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2147
2148 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2149 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002150 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002151 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2152
2153 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2154 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2155
2156
2157option clitcpka
2158no option clitcpka
2159 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2160 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2161 yes | yes | yes | no
2162 Arguments : none
2163
2164 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2165 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2166 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2167 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2168
2169 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2170 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2171 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2172 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2173
2174 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2175 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2176 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2177 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2178 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2179
2180 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2181
2182 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2183 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2184 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2185
2186 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2187 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2188
2189 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2190
2191
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002192option contstats
2193 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2194 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2195 yes | yes | yes | no
2196 Arguments : none
2197
2198 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2199 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2200 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2201 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2202 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2203 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2204 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2205
2206
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002207option dontlog-normal
2208no option dontlog-normal
2209 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2210 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2211 yes | yes | yes | no
2212 Arguments : none
2213
2214 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2215 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2216 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2217 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2218 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2219 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2220 logged.
2221
2222 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2223 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2224 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2225
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002226 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002227 logging.
2228
2229
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002230option dontlognull
2231no option dontlognull
2232 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2233 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2234 yes | yes | yes | no
2235 Arguments : none
2236
2237 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2238 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2239 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2240 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2241 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2242 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2243 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2244
2245 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2246 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2247 would not be logged.
2248
2249 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2250 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2251
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002252 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002253
2254
2255option forceclose
2256no option forceclose
2257 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2258 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2259 yes | no | yes | yes
2260 Arguments : none
2261
2262 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2263 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2264 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2265 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2266 global session times in the logs.
2267
2268 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2269 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2270 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2271 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2272 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2273
2274 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2275 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2276
2277 See also : "option httpclose"
2278
2279
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002280option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002281 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2282 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2283 yes | yes | yes | yes
2284 Arguments :
2285 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2286 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002287 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2288 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002289
2290 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2291 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2292 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2293 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2294 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2295 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2296 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002297 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2298 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2299 possible that the client has already brought one.
2300
2301 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2302 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2303 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2304 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2305 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2306 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002307
2308 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2309 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2310 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2311 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2312 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2313 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2314 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2315
2316 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002317 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2318 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2319 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002320
2321 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2322 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2323 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2324 when using this option.
2325
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002326 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002327 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2328 frontend www
2329 mode http
2330 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2331
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002332 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2333 backend www
2334 mode http
2335 option forwardfor header X-Client
2336
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002337 See also : "option httpclose"
2338
2339
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002340option httpchk
2341option httpchk <uri>
2342option httpchk <method> <uri>
2343option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2344 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2345 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2346 yes | no | yes | yes
2347 Arguments :
2348 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2349 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2350 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2351 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2352 ones.
2353
2354 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2355 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2356 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2357
2358 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2359 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2360 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2361 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2362 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2363
2364 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2365 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2366 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2367 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2368 the lack of any response.
2369
2370 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2371
2372 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2373 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2374 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2375
2376 Examples :
2377 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2378 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2379 backend https_relay
2380 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002381 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002382 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2383
2384 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2385 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2386
2387
2388option httpclose
2389no option httpclose
2390 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2391 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2392 yes | yes | yes | yes
2393 Arguments : none
2394
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002395 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002396 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2397 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2398 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2399 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2400 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2401 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2402 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2403 be removed.
2404
2405 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2406 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2407 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2408 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2409 the request connection once the server responds.
2410
2411 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2412 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2413 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2414
2415 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2416 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2417
2418 See also : "option forceclose"
2419
2420
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002421option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002422 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2423 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2424 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002425 Arguments :
2426 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2427 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2428 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2429 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2430 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002431
2432 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2433 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2434 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2435 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2436 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2437 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2438 ports.
2439
2440 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2441
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002442 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2443 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2444 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2445 by default.
2446
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002447 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002448
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002449
2450option http_proxy
2451no option http_proxy
2452 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2453 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2454 yes | yes | yes | yes
2455 Arguments : none
2456
2457 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2458 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2459 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2460 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2461 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2462
2463 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2464 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2465 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2466 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2467 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2468 be analyzed.
2469
2470 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2471 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2472
2473 Example :
2474 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2475 backend direct_forward
2476 option httpclose
2477 option http_proxy
2478
2479 See also : "option httpclose"
2480
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002481
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002482option independant-streams
2483no option independant-streams
2484 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2485 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2486 yes | yes | yes | yes
2487 Arguments : none
2488
2489 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2490 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2491 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2492 receive data or not.
2493
2494 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2495 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2496 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2497 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2498 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2499 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2500 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2501 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2502 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2503 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2504 socket buffers.
2505
2506 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2507 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2508 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2509 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2510 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2511
2512 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2513
2514
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002515option log-health-checks
2516no option log-health-checks
2517 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2518 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2519 yes | no | yes | yes
2520 Arguments : none
2521
2522 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2523 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2524 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2525 of additional information is limited.
2526
2527 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2528 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2529
2530 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2531
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002532
2533option log-separate-errors
2534no option log-separate-errors
2535 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2536 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2537 yes | yes | yes | no
2538 Arguments : none
2539
2540 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2541 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2542 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2543 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2544 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2545 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2546 provides very important information.
2547
2548 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2549 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2550 error logs.
2551
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002552 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002553 logging.
2554
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002555
2556option logasap
2557no option logasap
2558 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2559 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2560 yes | yes | yes | no
2561 Arguments : none
2562
2563 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2564 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2565 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2566 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2567 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2568 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2569 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002570 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002571 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2572 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2573
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002574 Examples :
2575 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2576 mode http
2577 option httplog
2578 option logasap
2579 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2580
2581 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2582 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2583 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2584 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2585
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002586 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002587 logging.
2588
2589
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002590option nolinger
2591no option nolinger
2592 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2593 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2594 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002595 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002596
2597 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2598 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2599 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2600 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2601 connections.
2602
2603 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2604 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2605 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2606 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2607 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2608 this too.
2609
2610 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2611 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2612 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2613
2614 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2615 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2616 for servers.
2617
2618 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2619 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2620
2621
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002622option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2623 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2624 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2625 yes | yes | yes | yes
2626 Arguments :
2627 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2628 matching <network>
2629 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2630 header name.
2631
2632 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2633 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2634 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2635 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2636 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2637 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2638 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2639 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2640 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2641 possible that the client has already brought one.
2642
2643 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2644 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2645 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2646 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2647 header and requires different one.
2648
2649 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2650 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2651 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2652 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2653 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2654 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2655 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2656
2657 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2658 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2659 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2660 both are defined.
2661
2662 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2663 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2664 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2665 when using this option.
2666
2667 Examples :
2668 # Original Destination address
2669 frontend www
2670 mode http
2671 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2672
2673 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2674 backend www
2675 mode http
2676 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2677
2678 See also : "option httpclose"
2679
2680
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002681option persist
2682no option persist
2683 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2684 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2685 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002686 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002687
2688 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2689 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2690 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2691 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2692 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2693 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2694 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2695 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2696 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2697 redirected to another valid server.
2698
2699 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2700 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2701
2702 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2703
2704
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002705option redispatch
2706no option redispatch
2707 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2708 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2709 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002710 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002711
2712 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2713 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2714 be able to access the service anymore.
2715
2716 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2717 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2718
2719 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2720 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2721 value.
2722
2723 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2724 "redisp" keywords.
2725
2726 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2727 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2728
2729 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2730
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002731
2732option smtpchk
2733option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2734 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2735 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2736 yes | no | yes | yes
2737 Arguments :
2738 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2739 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2740 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2741
2742 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2743 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2744 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2745
2746 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2747 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2748 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2749 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2750 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2751 dead server.
2752
2753 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2754 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2755 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2756 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2757
2758 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2759 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2760 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2761 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2762 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2763
2764 Example :
2765 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2766
2767 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2768
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002769
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002770option splice-auto
2771no option splice-auto
2772 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2773 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2774 yes | yes | yes | yes
2775 Arguments : none
2776
2777 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2778 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2779 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2780 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2781 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2782 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2783 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2784 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2785 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2786
2787 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2788 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2789 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2790 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2791 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2792 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2793 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2794 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2795 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2796 keyword.
2797
2798 Example :
2799 option splice-auto
2800
2801 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2802 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2803
2804 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2805 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2806
2807
2808option splice-request
2809no option splice-request
2810 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2811 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2812 yes | yes | yes | yes
2813 Arguments : none
2814
2815 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2816 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2817 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2818 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2819 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2820 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2821
2822 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2823
2824 Example :
2825 option splice-request
2826
2827 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2828 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2829
2830 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2831 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2832
2833
2834option splice-response
2835no option splice-response
2836 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2837 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2838 yes | yes | yes | yes
2839 Arguments : none
2840
2841 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2842 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2843 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2844 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2845 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2846 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2847
2848 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2849
2850 Example :
2851 option splice-response
2852
2853 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2854 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2855
2856 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2857 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2858
2859
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002860option srvtcpka
2861no option srvtcpka
2862 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2863 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2864 yes | no | yes | yes
2865 Arguments : none
2866
2867 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2868 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2869 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2870 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2871
2872 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2873 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2874 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2875 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2876
2877 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2878 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2879 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2880 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2881 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2882
2883 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2884
2885 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2886 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2887 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2888
2889 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2890 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2891
2892 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2893
2894
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002895option ssl-hello-chk
2896 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2897 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2898 yes | no | yes | yes
2899 Arguments : none
2900
2901 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2902 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2903 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2904 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2905 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2906 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2907 hello message.
2908
2909 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2910 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2911 messages, which is appreciable.
2912
2913 See also: "option httpchk"
2914
2915
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002916option tcp-smart-accept
2917no option tcp-smart-accept
2918 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2919 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2920 yes | yes | yes | no
2921 Arguments : none
2922
2923 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2924 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2925 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2926 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
2927 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
2928 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
2929
2930 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
2931 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
2932 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
2933 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
2934
2935 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
2936 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
2937 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
2938 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
2939
2940 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
2941 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
2942 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
2943
2944 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
2945 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
2946 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
2947
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02002948 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
2949
2950
2951option tcp-smart-connect
2952no option tcp-smart-connect
2953 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
2954 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2955 yes | no | yes | yes
2956 Arguments : none
2957
2958 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
2959 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
2960 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
2961 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
2962 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
2963
2964 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
2965 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
2966 complex.
2967
2968 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
2969 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
2970 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
2971
2972 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2973 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2974
2975 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
2976
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002977
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002978option tcpka
2979 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2980 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2981 yes | yes | yes | yes
2982 Arguments : none
2983
2984 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2985 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2986 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2987 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2988
2989 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2990 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2991 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2992 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2993
2994 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2995 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2996 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2997 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2998 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2999
3000 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3001
3002 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3003 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3004 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3005 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3006 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3007 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3008 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3009 backends.
3010
3011 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3012
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003013
3014option tcplog
3015 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3016 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3017 yes | yes | yes | yes
3018 Arguments : none
3019
3020 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3021 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3022 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3023 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3024 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3025 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3026 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3027 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3028
3029 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3030
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003031 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003032
3033
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003034option transparent
3035no option transparent
3036 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3037 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003038 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003039 Arguments : none
3040
3041 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3042 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3043 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3044 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3045 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3046 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3047 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3048 appropriate server.
3049
3050 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3051 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3052
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003053 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3054 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003055
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003056
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003057persist rdp-cookie
3058persist rdp-cookie(name)
3059 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3060 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3061 yes | no | yes | yes
3062 Arguments :
3063 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3064 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3065 no valid reason to change this name.
3066
3067 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3068 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3069 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3070 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3071 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3072 forwarded to this server.
3073
3074 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3075 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3076 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
3077 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
3078 a single "listen" section.
3079
3080 Example :
3081 listen tse-farm
3082 bind :3389
3083 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3084 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3085 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3086 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3087 persist rdp-cookie
3088 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3089 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3090 balance rdp-cookie
3091 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3092 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3093
3094 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3095
3096
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003097rate-limit sessions <rate>
3098 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3099 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3100 yes | yes | yes | no
3101 Arguments :
3102 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3103 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3104
3105 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3106 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3107 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3108 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3109 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3110 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3111
3112 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3113 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3114 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3115 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3116
3117 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3118 listen smtp
3119 mode tcp
3120 bind :25
3121 rate-limit sessions 10
3122 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3123
3124 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3125 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3126
3127 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3128
3129
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003130redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3131redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003132 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3133 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3134 no | yes | yes | yes
3135
3136 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003137 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003138
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003139 Arguments :
3140 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3141 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3142 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3143 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003144 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3145 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3146 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3147 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003148
3149 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3150 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3151 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3152 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3153 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3154 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3155 location with a GET method.
3156
3157 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3158 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3159
3160 - "drop-query"
3161 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3162 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3163 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3164 with a location-type redirect.
3165
3166 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3167 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3168 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3169 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3170 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3171 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3172 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3173
3174 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3175 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3176 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3177 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3178 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3179 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3180 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003181
3182 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3183 acl clear dst_port 80
3184 acl secure dst_port 8080
3185 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003186 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003187 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003188 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3189
3190 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003191 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3192 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3193 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003194 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003195
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003196 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003197
3198
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003199redisp (deprecated)
3200redispatch (deprecated)
3201 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3202 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3203 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003204 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003205
3206 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3207 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3208 be able to access the service anymore.
3209
3210 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3211 redistribute them to a working server.
3212
3213 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3214 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3215 value.
3216
3217 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3218 "option redispatch" instead.
3219
3220 See also : "option redispatch"
3221
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003222
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003223reqadd <string>
3224 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3225 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3226 no | yes | yes | yes
3227 Arguments :
3228 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3229 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003230 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003231
3232 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3233 the last header of an HTTP request.
3234
3235 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3236 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3237 responses.
3238
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003239 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003240
3241
3242reqallow <search>
3243reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3244 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3245 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3246 no | yes | yes | yes
3247 Arguments :
3248 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3249 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3250 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3251 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3252 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3253 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3254 ignores case.
3255
3256 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3257 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3258 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3259 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3260 header names are not.
3261
3262 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3263 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3264
3265 Example :
3266 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3267 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3268 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3269
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003270 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003271 manipulation
3272
3273
3274reqdel <search>
3275reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3276 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3277 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3278 no | yes | yes | yes
3279 Arguments :
3280 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3281 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3282 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3283 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3284 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3285 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3286
3287 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3288 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3289 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3290 next servers.
3291
3292 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3293 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3294 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3295
3296 Example :
3297 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3298 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3299 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3300
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003301 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003302 manipulation
3303
3304
3305reqdeny <search>
3306reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3307 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3308 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3309 no | yes | yes | yes
3310 Arguments :
3311 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3312 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3313 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3314 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3315 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3316 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3317 case.
3318
3319 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3320 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3321 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3322 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3323 header names are not.
3324
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003325 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003326 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003327 using ACLs.
3328
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003329 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3330 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3331
3332 Example :
3333 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3334 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3335 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3336
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003337 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003338 header manipulation
3339
3340
3341reqpass <search>
3342reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3343 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3344 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3345 no | yes | yes | yes
3346 Arguments :
3347 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3348 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3349 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3350 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3351 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3352 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3353 case.
3354
3355 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3356 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3357 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3358 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3359
3360 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3361 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3362
3363 Example :
3364 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3365 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3366 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3367 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3368
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003369 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003370 header manipulation
3371
3372
3373reqrep <search> <string>
3374reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3375 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3376 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3377 no | yes | yes | yes
3378 Arguments :
3379 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3380 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3381 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3382 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3383 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3384 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3385
3386 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3387 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3388 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3389 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003390 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003391
3392 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3393 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3394 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3395
3396 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3397 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3398 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3399 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3400 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3401
3402 Example :
3403 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3404 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3405 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3406 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003408 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003409 manipulation
3410
3411
3412reqtarpit <search>
3413reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3414 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3415 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3416 no | yes | yes | yes
3417 Arguments :
3418 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3419 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3420 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3421 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3422 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3423 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3424 ignores case.
3425
3426 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3427 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003428 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3429 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3430 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003431 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3432 not set.
3433
3434 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3435 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3436 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3437 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3438 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3439
3440 Example :
3441 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3442 # block all others.
3443 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3444 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3445
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003446 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003447 manipulation
3448
3449
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003450retries <value>
3451 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3452 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3453 yes | no | yes | yes
3454 Arguments :
3455 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3456 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3457 default value is 3.
3458
3459 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3460 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3461 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3462
3463 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3464 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3465
3466 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3467 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3468
3469 See also : "option redispatch"
3470
3471
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003472rspadd <string>
3473 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3475 no | yes | yes | yes
3476 Arguments :
3477 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3478 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003479 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003480
3481 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3482 the last header of an HTTP response.
3483
3484 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3485 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3486 responses.
3487
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003488 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003489
3490
3491rspdel <search>
3492rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3493 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3494 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3495 no | yes | yes | yes
3496 Arguments :
3497 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3498 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3499 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3500 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3501 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3502 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3503 ignores case.
3504
3505 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3506 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3507 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3508 client.
3509
3510 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3511 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3512 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3513
3514 Example :
3515 # remove the Server header from responses
3516 reqidel ^Server:.*
3517
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003518 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003519 manipulation
3520
3521
3522rspdeny <search>
3523rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3524 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3525 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3526 no | yes | yes | yes
3527 Arguments :
3528 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3529 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3530 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3531 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3532 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3533 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3534 ignores case.
3535
3536 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3537 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3538 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3539 case-sensitive.
3540
3541 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003542 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3543 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3544 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003545
3546 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3547 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3548
3549 Example :
3550 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3551 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3552
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003553 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003554 manipulation
3555
3556
3557rsprep <search> <string>
3558rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3559 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3560 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3561 no | yes | yes | yes
3562 Arguments :
3563 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3564 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3565 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3566 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3567 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3568 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3569 ignores case.
3570
3571 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3572 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3573 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3574 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003575 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003576
3577 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3578 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3579 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3580
3581 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3582 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3583 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3584 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3585 are not case-sensitive.
3586
3587 Example :
3588 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3589 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3590
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003591 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003592 manipulation
3593
3594
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003595server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3596 Declare a server in a backend
3597 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3598 no | no | yes | yes
3599 Arguments :
3600 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3601 appear in logs and alerts.
3602
3603 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3604 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3605 start-up.
3606
3607 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3608 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3609 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3610 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3611 adding this value to the client's port.
3612
3613 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3614 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003615 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003616
3617 Examples :
3618 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3619 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3620
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003621 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003622
3623
3624source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003625source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003626 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3627 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3628 yes | no | yes | yes
3629 Arguments :
3630 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3631 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3632 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3633 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3634
3635 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3636 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003637 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3638 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3639 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003640
3641 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3642 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3643 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3644 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3645 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3646 <addr>.
3647
3648 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3649 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3650 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3651 port.
3652
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003653 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3654 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3655 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3656 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3657 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3658 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3659
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003660 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3661 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3662 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3663 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3664
3665 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3666 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3667 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3668 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3669 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3670 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3671
3672 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3673 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3674 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3675 there are two methods :
3676
3677 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3678 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3679 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3680 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3681 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3682 of the client ranges may be used.
3683
3684 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3685 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3686 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3687 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3688 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3689 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3690 same session.
3691
3692 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3693 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3694 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3695 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3696 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3697 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3698
3699 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3700 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3701 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003702 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003703
3704 Examples :
3705 backend private
3706 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3707 source 192.168.1.200
3708
3709 backend transparent_ssl1
3710 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3711 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3712
3713 backend transparent_ssl2
3714 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3715 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3716 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3717
3718 backend transparent_ssl3
3719 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3720 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3721 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3722
3723 backend transparent_smtp
3724 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3725 # with Tproxy version 4.
3726 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3727
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003728 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003729 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3730
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003731
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003732srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3733 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3734 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3735 yes | no | yes | yes
3736 Arguments :
3737 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3738 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3739 as explained at the top of this document.
3740
3741 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3742 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3743 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3744 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3745 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3746 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3747 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3748
3749 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3750 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3751 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3752 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3753 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003754 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003755 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3756 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3757
3758 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3759 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3760 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3761 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3762 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3763 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3764
3765 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3766 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3767
3768 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3769
3770
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003771stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3772 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3773 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3774 yes | no | yes | yes
3775 Arguments :
3776 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3777
3778 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3779
3780 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3781 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3782 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3783 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3784 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3785 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3786
3787 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3788 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3789 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3790 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3791
3792 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3793 report using "stats scope".
3794
3795 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3796 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3797 unobvious parameters.
3798
3799 Example :
3800 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3801 backend public_www
3802 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3803 stats enable
3804 stats hide-version
3805 stats scope .
3806 stats uri /admin?stats
3807 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3808 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3809 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3810
3811 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3812 backend private_monitoring
3813 stats enable
3814 stats uri /admin?stats
3815 stats refresh 5s
3816
3817 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3818
3819
3820stats enable
3821 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3822 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3823 yes | no | yes | yes
3824 Arguments : none
3825
3826 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3827 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3828 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3829 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3830 - stats auth : no authentication
3831 - stats scope : no restriction
3832
3833 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3834 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3835 unobvious parameters.
3836
3837 Example :
3838 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3839 backend public_www
3840 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3841 stats enable
3842 stats hide-version
3843 stats scope .
3844 stats uri /admin?stats
3845 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3846 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3847 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3848
3849 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3850 backend private_monitoring
3851 stats enable
3852 stats uri /admin?stats
3853 stats refresh 5s
3854
3855 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3856
3857
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003858stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003859 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
3860 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3861 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003862 Arguments:
3863 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
3864 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003865
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003866 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3867 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
3868 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003869
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003870 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3871 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3872 unobvious parameters.
3873
3874 Example:
3875 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3876 backend private_monitoring
3877 stats enable
3878 stats show-node Europe-1
3879 stats uri /admin?stats
3880 stats refresh 5s
3881
3882 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
3883
3884
3885stats show-desc [ <description> ]
3886 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
3887 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3888 yes | no | yes | yes
3889
3890 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
3891 description from global section is automatically used instead.
3892
3893 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3894 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003895
3896 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3897 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3898 unobvious parameters.
3899
3900 Example :
3901 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3902 backend private_monitoring
3903 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003904 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003905 stats uri /admin?stats
3906 stats refresh 5s
3907
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003908 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003909
3910
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003911stats realm <realm>
3912 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3913 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3914 yes | no | yes | yes
3915 Arguments :
3916 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3917 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3918 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3919
3920 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3921 using a backslash ('\').
3922
3923 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3924 only related to authentication.
3925
3926 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3927 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3928 unobvious parameters.
3929
3930 Example :
3931 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3932 backend public_www
3933 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3934 stats enable
3935 stats hide-version
3936 stats scope .
3937 stats uri /admin?stats
3938 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3939 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3940 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3941
3942 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3943 backend private_monitoring
3944 stats enable
3945 stats uri /admin?stats
3946 stats refresh 5s
3947
3948 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3949
3950
3951stats refresh <delay>
3952 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3953 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3954 yes | no | yes | yes
3955 Arguments :
3956 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3957 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3958 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3959 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3960 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3961 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3962
3963 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3964 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3965 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3966 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3967
3968 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3969 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3970 unobvious parameters.
3971
3972 Example :
3973 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3974 backend public_www
3975 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3976 stats enable
3977 stats hide-version
3978 stats scope .
3979 stats uri /admin?stats
3980 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3981 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3982 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3983
3984 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3985 backend private_monitoring
3986 stats enable
3987 stats uri /admin?stats
3988 stats refresh 5s
3989
3990 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3991
3992
3993stats scope { <name> | "." }
3994 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3995 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3996 yes | no | yes | yes
3997 Arguments :
3998 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3999 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4000 section in which the statement appears.
4001
4002 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4003 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4004 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4005 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4006 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4007 exists.
4008
4009 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4010 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4011 unobvious parameters.
4012
4013 Example :
4014 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4015 backend public_www
4016 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4017 stats enable
4018 stats hide-version
4019 stats scope .
4020 stats uri /admin?stats
4021 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4022 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4023 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4024
4025 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4026 backend private_monitoring
4027 stats enable
4028 stats uri /admin?stats
4029 stats refresh 5s
4030
4031 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4032
4033
4034stats uri <prefix>
4035 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4036 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4037 yes | no | yes | yes
4038 Arguments :
4039 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4040 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4041 query string.
4042
4043 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4044 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4045 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4046 possible to reach it in the application.
4047
4048 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
4049 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
4050 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4051 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4052 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4053 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4054
4055 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4056 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4057 an address or a port to statistics only.
4058
4059 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4060 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4061 unobvious parameters.
4062
4063 Example :
4064 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4065 backend public_www
4066 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4067 stats enable
4068 stats hide-version
4069 stats scope .
4070 stats uri /admin?stats
4071 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4072 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4073 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4074
4075 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4076 backend private_monitoring
4077 stats enable
4078 stats uri /admin?stats
4079 stats refresh 5s
4080
4081 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4082
4083
4084stats hide-version
4085 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4086 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4087 yes | no | yes | yes
4088 Arguments : none
4089
4090 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4091 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4092 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4093 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4094 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4095 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4096
4097 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4098 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4099 unobvious parameters.
4100
4101 Example :
4102 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4103 backend public_www
4104 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4105 stats enable
4106 stats hide-version
4107 stats scope .
4108 stats uri /admin?stats
4109 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4110 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4111 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4112
4113 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4114 backend private_monitoring
4115 stats enable
4116 stats uri /admin?stats
4117 stats refresh 5s
4118
4119 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4120
4121
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004122tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4123 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4124 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4125 no | yes | yes | no
4126
4127 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4128 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4129 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4130 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4131 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4132 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4133 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4134 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4135
4136 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4137 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4138
4139 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4140 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4141 "reject" statement.
4142
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004143 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004144
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004145 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004146
4147
4148tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4149 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4150 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4151 no | yes | yes | no
4152
4153 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4154 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4155 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4156 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4157 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4158 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4159 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4160 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4161
4162 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4163 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4164
4165 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4166 "accept".
4167
4168 Example:
4169 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4170 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4171 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4172 tcp-request reject if content_present
4173
4174 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4175 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4176 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4177 tcp-request accept if content_present
4178 tcp-request reject
4179
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004180 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004181
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004182 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004183
4184
4185tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4186 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4187 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4188 no | yes | yes | no
4189 Arguments :
4190 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4191 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4192 as explained at the top of this document.
4193
4194 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4195 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4196 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4197 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4198 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4199
4200 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4201 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4202 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4203 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004204 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4205 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4206 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4207 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004208
4209 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4210 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4211 it pass through unaffected.
4212
4213 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4214 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4215 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4216 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4217 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4218 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4219 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4220
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004221 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004222 "timeout client".
4223
4224
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004225timeout check <timeout>
4226 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4227 established.
4228
4229 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4230 yes | no | yes | yes
4231 Arguments:
4232 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4233 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4234 as explained at the top of this document.
4235
4236 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4237 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4238 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4239 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4240 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4241 long "timeout connect".
4242
4243 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4244 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4245
4246 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4247 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004248 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004249
4250 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4251 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4252 forget about it.
4253
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004254 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4255 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004256
4257
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004258timeout client <timeout>
4259timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4260 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4261 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4262 yes | yes | yes | no
4263 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004264 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004265 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4266 as explained at the top of this document.
4267
4268 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4269 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4270 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4271 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4272 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4273 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4274 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4275 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004276 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004277 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4278 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4279
4280 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4281 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4282 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4283 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4284 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4285 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4286
4287 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4288 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4289 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4290
4291 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4292
4293
4294timeout connect <timeout>
4295timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4296 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4297 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4298 yes | no | yes | yes
4299 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004300 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004301 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4302 as explained at the top of this document.
4303
4304 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004305 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004306 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4307 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004308 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4309 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004310
4311 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4312 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4313 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4314 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4315 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4316 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4317
4318 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4319 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4320 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4321
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004322 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4323 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004324
4325
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004326timeout http-request <timeout>
4327 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4328 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004329 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004330 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004331 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004332 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4333 as explained at the top of this document.
4334
4335 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4336 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4337 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4338 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4339 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4340 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4341 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4342 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4343
4344 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4345 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4346 used anymore.
4347
4348 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4349 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4350 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4351 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4352 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4353
4354 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004355 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4356 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4357 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004358
4359 See also : "timeout client".
4360
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004361
4362timeout queue <timeout>
4363 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4364 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4365 yes | no | yes | yes
4366 Arguments :
4367 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4368 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4369 as explained at the top of this document.
4370
4371 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4372 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4373 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4374 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4375 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4376
4377 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4378 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4379 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4380 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4381
4382 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4383
4384
4385timeout server <timeout>
4386timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4387 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4388 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4389 yes | no | yes | yes
4390 Arguments :
4391 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4392 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4393 as explained at the top of this document.
4394
4395 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4396 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4397 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4398 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4399 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4400 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4401 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4402
4403 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4404 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4405 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4406 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4407 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004408 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004409 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4410 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4411
4412 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4413 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4414 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4415 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4416 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4417 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4418
4419 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4420 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4421 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4422
4423 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4424
4425
4426timeout tarpit <timeout>
4427 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4428 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4429 yes | yes | yes | yes
4430 Arguments :
4431 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4432 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4433 as explained at the top of this document.
4434
4435 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4436 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4437 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4438
4439 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4440 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4441 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4442 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4443 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4444
4445 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4446
4447
4448transparent (deprecated)
4449 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4450 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004451 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004452 Arguments : none
4453
4454 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4455 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4456 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4457 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4458 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4459 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4460 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4461 appropriate server.
4462
4463 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4464
4465 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4466 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4467
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004468 See also: "option transparent"
4469
4470
4471use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4472use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004473 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4475 no | yes | yes | no
4476 Arguments :
4477 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4478
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004479 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004480
4481 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4482 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4483 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004484 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4485 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4486 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4487 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004488
4489 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4490 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4491 assign the backend.
4492
4493 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4494 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4495 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4496 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4497 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4498 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4499
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004500 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4501 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4502 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4503 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4504 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4505
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004506 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004507
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004508
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020045095. Server options
4510-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004511
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004512The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4513as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4514not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4515(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4516the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4517specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004518
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004519 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004520
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004521The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004522
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004523addr <ipv4>
4524 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4525 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4526 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4527 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4528 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004529
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004530backup
4531 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4532 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4533 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4534 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4535 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4536 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004537
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004538check
4539 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4540 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4541 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4542 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4543 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4544 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4545 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4546 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4547 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4548 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4549 more information.
4550
4551cookie <value>
4552 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4553 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4554 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4555 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4556 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4557 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4558 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4559
4560fall <count>
4561 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4562 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4563 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4564
4565id <value>
4566 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4567 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4568
4569inter <delay>
4570fastinter <delay>
4571downinter <delay>
4572 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4573 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4574 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4575 between checks depending on the server state :
4576
4577 Server state | Interval used
4578 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4579 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4580 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4581 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4582 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4583 or yet unchecked. |
4584 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4585 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4586 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4587
4588 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4589 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4590 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4591 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4592 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4593 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4594 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4595 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4596 servers.
4597
4598maxconn <maxconn>
4599 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4600 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4601 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4602 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4603 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4604 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4605 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4606 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4607
4608maxqueue <maxqueue>
4609 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4610 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4611 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4612 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4613 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4614 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4615 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4616
4617minconn <minconn>
4618 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4619 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4620 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4621 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4622 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4623 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4624 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4625 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4626
4627port <port>
4628 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4629 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4630 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4631 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4632 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4633 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4634
4635redir <prefix>
4636 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4637 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4638 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4639 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4640 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4641 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4642 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4643 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4644 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4645 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4646 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4647 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4648 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4649 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4650
4651 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4652
4653rise <count>
4654 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4655 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4656 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4657
4658slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4659 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4660 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4661 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4662 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4663 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4664 parameters :
4665
4666 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4667 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4668
4669 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4670 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4671 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4672 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4673
4674 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4675 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4676 seen as failed.
4677
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004678source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4679source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004680 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4681 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4682 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4683 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4684
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004685 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4686 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4687 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4688 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4689 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4690 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4691 server.
4692
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004693track [<proxy>/]<server>
4694 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4695 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4696 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4697 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4698 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4699
4700weight <weight>
4701 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4702 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4703 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004704 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4705 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4706 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4707 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4708 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4709 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004710
4711
47126. HTTP header manipulation
4713---------------------------
4714
4715In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4716response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4717request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4718which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4719against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4720to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4721passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4722headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4723never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4724
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004725There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
4726(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
4727rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
4728messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
4729in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
4730happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would inconditionally
4731add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
4732normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
4733
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004734This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4735in section 4.2 :
4736
4737 - reqadd <string>
4738 - reqallow <search>
4739 - reqiallow <search>
4740 - reqdel <search>
4741 - reqidel <search>
4742 - reqdeny <search>
4743 - reqideny <search>
4744 - reqpass <search>
4745 - reqipass <search>
4746 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4747 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4748 - reqtarpit <search>
4749 - reqitarpit <search>
4750 - rspadd <string>
4751 - rspdel <search>
4752 - rspidel <search>
4753 - rspdeny <search>
4754 - rspideny <search>
4755 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4756 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4757
4758With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4759is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4760parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4761prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4762Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4763
4764 \t for a tab
4765 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4766 \n for a new line (LF)
4767 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4768 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4769 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4770 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4771 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4772
4773The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4774portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4775above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4776regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
47779 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4778is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4779
4780The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4781after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4782
4783Notes related to these keywords :
4784---------------------------------
4785 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4786 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4787 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4788
4789 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4790 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4791 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4792
4793 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4794 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4795 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4796 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4797 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4798
4799 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4800 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4801 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4802 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4803 useless headers before adding new ones.
4804
4805 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4806 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4807
4808 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4809 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4810 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4811
4812 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4813 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4814 before switching.
4815
4816
48177. Using ACLs
4818-------------
4819
4820The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4821content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4822from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4823simple :
4824
4825 - define test criteria with sets of values
4826 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4827
4828The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4829
4830In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4831
4832 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4833
4834This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4835Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4836and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4837an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4838of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4839
4840ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4841'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4842which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4843
4844There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4845performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4846
4847The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4848
4849 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004850 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4851
4852Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004853
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004854 - integers or integer ranges
4855 - strings
4856 - regular expressions
4857 - IP addresses and networks
4858
4859
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048607.1. Matching integers
4861----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004862
4863Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4864that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4865expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4866may be omitted.
4867
4868For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4869unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4870representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4871
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004872As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4873two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4874instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4875ranges and operators.
4876
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004877For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004878operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4879Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4880of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004881
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004882Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004883
4884 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4885 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4886 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4887 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4888 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4889
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004890For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004891
4892 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4893
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004894This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4895
4896 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4897
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004898
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048997.2. Matching strings
4900---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004901
4902String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4903exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4904characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4905string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4906to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004907before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004908
4909
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049107.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4911-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004912
4913Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4914they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4915possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4916passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4917the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004918the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4919match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004920
4921
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049227.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4923----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004924
4925IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4926netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4927within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004928host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004929difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4930at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4931does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4932parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004933
4934
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049357.5. Available matching criteria
4936--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004937
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049387.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4939------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004940
4941A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4942analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4943addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4944
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004945always_false
4946 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4947 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4948
4949always_true
4950 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4951 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4952
4953src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004954 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004955 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4956 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4957
4958src_port <integer>
4959 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4960
4961dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004962 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004963 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4964
4965dst_port <integer>
4966 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4967 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4968
4969dst_conn <integer>
4970 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4971 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004972 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004973 when the farm is considered saturated.
4974
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004975nbsrv <integer>
4976nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4977 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4978 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4979 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4980 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4981 "monitor fail".
4982
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004983connslots <integer>
4984connslots(backend) <integer>
4985 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004986 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004987 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4988
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004989 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4990 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004991
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004992 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4993 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4994 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4995 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4996 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4997 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4998 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004999
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005000 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5001 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5002 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5003 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005004
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005005fe_sess_rate <integer>
5006fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5007 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5008 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5009 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5010 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5011 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5012 the rate to go down below the limit.
5013
5014 Example :
5015 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5016 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5017 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5018 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5019 frontend mail
5020 bind :25
5021 mode tcp
5022 maxconn 100
5023 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5024 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5025 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5026 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5027
5028be_sess_rate <integer>
5029be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5030 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5031 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5032 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
5033 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
5034 sucking of an online dictionary).
5035
5036 Example :
5037 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5038 backend dynamic
5039 mode http
5040 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5041 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5042
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005043
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050447.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5045-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005046
5047A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5048during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5049through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5050for more detailed information on the subject.
5051
5052req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005053 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005054 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5055 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5056 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5057 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5058 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5059 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5060
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005061req_proto_http
5062 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5063 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
5064 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
5065 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5066 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5067
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005068req_rdp_cookie <string>
5069req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5070 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5071 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5072 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5073 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5074 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5075 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5076 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5077 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5078
5079req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5080req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5081 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5082 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5083 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5084 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5085 cookies.
5086
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005087req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5088 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5089 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5090 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5091 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5092 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5093 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5094 with TCP request content inspection.
5095
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005096wait_end
5097 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5098 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5099 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5100 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5101 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5102 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5103 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5104 inspection.
5105
5106 Examples :
5107 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5108 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5109 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5110
5111 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5112 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5113 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5114 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5115 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5116 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5117 tcp-request content reject
5118
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005119
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051207.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5121--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005122
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005123A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005124application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5125read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5126than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5127
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005128method <string>
5129 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5130 already check for most common methods.
5131
5132req_ver <string>
5133 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5134 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5135
5136path <string>
5137 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5138 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5139 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5140
5141path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005142 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5143 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005144
5145path_end <string>
5146 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5147 control file name extension.
5148
5149path_sub <string>
5150 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5151 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5152 "path_dir".
5153
5154path_dir <string>
5155 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5156 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5157 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5158 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5159
5160path_dom <string>
5161 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5162 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5163 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5164
5165path_reg <regex>
5166 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5167 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5168 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5169
5170url <string>
5171 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5172 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5173
5174url_beg <string>
5175 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5176 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5177
5178url_end <string>
5179 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5180 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5181
5182url_sub <string>
5183 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5184 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5185
5186url_dir <string>
5187 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5188 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5189 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5190 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5191
5192url_dom <string>
5193 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5194 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5195 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5196
5197url_reg <regex>
5198 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5199 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5200 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5201
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005202url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005203 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5204 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005205 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005206
5207url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005208 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5209 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005210 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005211 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005212
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005213hdr <string>
5214hdr(header) <string>
5215 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5216 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005217 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5218 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005219
5220 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005221 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005222 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5223
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005224 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005225
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005226hdr_beg <string>
5227hdr_beg(header) <string>
5228 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5229 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005230
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005231hdr_end <string>
5232hdr_end(header) <string>
5233 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5234 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005235
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005236hdr_sub <string>
5237hdr_sub(header) <string>
5238 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5239 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005240
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005241hdr_dir <string>
5242hdr_dir(header) <string>
5243 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5244 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5245 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5246 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005247
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005248hdr_dom <string>
5249hdr_dom(header) <string>
5250 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5251 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5252 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5253 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005254
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005255hdr_reg <regex>
5256hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5257 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5258 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5259 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5260 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005261
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005262hdr_val <integer>
5263hdr_val(header) <integer>
5264 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5265 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5266 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5267 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005268
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005269hdr_cnt <integer>
5270hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5271 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5272 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5273 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5274 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5275 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5276 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005277
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005278hdr_ip <ip_address>
5279hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5280 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5281 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5282 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5283
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005284
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052857.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5286---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005287
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005288Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5289every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5290order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5291only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005292
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005293ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5294---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5295TRUE always_true always match
5296FALSE always_false never match
5297LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005298HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005299HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5300HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5301METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5302METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5303METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5304METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5305METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5306METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5307HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5308HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5309HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5310HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005311RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005312REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5313WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5314---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005315
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005316
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053177.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5318----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005319
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005320Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5321combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005322
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005323 - AND (implicit)
5324 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5325 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005326
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005327A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005328
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005329 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005330
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005331Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5332indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005333
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005334For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5335"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5336requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5337is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005338
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005339 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5340 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5341 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5342 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005343
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005344To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5345and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005347 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5348 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5349 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5350 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005351
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005352 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5353 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5354 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5355 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005356
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005357See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005358
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005359
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053608. Logging
5361----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005362
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005363One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5364provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5365very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5366provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5367state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5368to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5369headers.
5370
5371In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5372about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5373send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5374
5375 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5376 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5377 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5378 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5379 at the termination.
5380
5381The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5382allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5383as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5384while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5385real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5386delay.
5387
5388
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053898.1. Log levels
5390---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005391
5392TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5393source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5394HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5395in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5396particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005397syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005398facilities.
5399
5400
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054018.2. Log formats
5402----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005403
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005404HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005405and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5406the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5407formats are the following ones :
5408
5409 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5410 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5411 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5412 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5413 extents.
5414
5415 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5416 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5417 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5418 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5419 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5420
5421 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5422 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5423 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5424 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5425 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5426
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005427 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5428 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5429 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5430 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5431
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005432Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5433specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5434field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5435servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5436always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5437identifier.
5438
5439Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5440 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5441 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5442 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5443 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5444
5445
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054468.2.1. Default log format
5447-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005448
5449This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5450as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5451format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5452
5453 Example :
5454 listen www
5455 mode http
5456 log global
5457 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5458
5459 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5460 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5461 (www/HTTP)
5462
5463 Field Format Extract from the example above
5464 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5465 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5466 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5467 4 'to' to
5468 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5469 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5470
5471Detailed fields description :
5472 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5473 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5474 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5475 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5476 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5477 and processed the connection.
5478 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5479
5480It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5481will eventually disappear.
5482
5483
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054848.2.2. TCP log format
5485---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005486
5487The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5488is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5489information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5490counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5491emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5492environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5493the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5494sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005495specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5496not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5497fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5498marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005499
5500 Example :
5501 frontend fnt
5502 mode tcp
5503 option tcplog
5504 log global
5505 default_backend bck
5506
5507 backend bck
5508 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5509
5510 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5511 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5512 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5513
5514 Field Format Extract from the example above
5515 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5516 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5517 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5518 4 frontend_name fnt
5519 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5520 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5521 7 bytes_read* 212
5522 8 termination_state --
5523 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5524 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5525
5526Detailed fields description :
5527 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5528 connection to haproxy.
5529
5530 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5531
5532 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5533 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5534 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5535 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5536
5537 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5538 and processed the connection.
5539
5540 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5541 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5542 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5543 applications.
5544
5545 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5546 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5547 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5548 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5549 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5550
5551 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5552 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5553 See "Timers" below for more details.
5554
5555 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5556 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5557 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5558 "Timers" below for more details.
5559
5560 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5561 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5562 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5563 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5564 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5565 details.
5566
5567 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5568 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5569 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5570 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5571 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5572
5573 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5574 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5575 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5576 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5577 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5578 for more details.
5579
5580 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5581 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5582 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5583 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5584 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005585 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005586
5587 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5588 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5589 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5590 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5591 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5592 caused by a denial of service attack.
5593
5594 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5595 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5596 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5597 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5598 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5599 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5600 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5601 denial of service attack.
5602
5603 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5604 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5605 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5606 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5607 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5608 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5609 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5610 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5611 be processed than on other servers.
5612
5613 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5614 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5615 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5616 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5617 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5618 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5619 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5620 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5621 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5622 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5623 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5624 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5625 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5626
5627 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5628 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5629 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5630 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5631 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5632 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5633 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5634 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5635
5636 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5637 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5638 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5639 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5640 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5641 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5642 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5643 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5644 occurs.
5645
5646
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056478.2.3. HTTP log format
5648----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005649
5650The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5651is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5652the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5653are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5654emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5655generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5656"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5657which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005658frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5659is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005660
5661Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5662slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5663with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5664
5665 Example :
5666 frontend http-in
5667 mode http
5668 option httplog
5669 log global
5670 default_backend bck
5671
5672 backend static
5673 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5674
5675 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5676 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5677 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5678 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5679
5680 Field Format Extract from the example above
5681 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5682 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5683 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5684 4 frontend_name http-in
5685 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5686 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5687 7 status_code 200
5688 8 bytes_read* 2750
5689 9 captured_request_cookie -
5690 10 captured_response_cookie -
5691 11 termination_state ----
5692 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5693 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5694 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5695 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5696 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5697
5698
5699Detailed fields description :
5700 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5701 connection to haproxy.
5702
5703 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5704
5705 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5706 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5707 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5708 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5709 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5710
5711 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5712 and processed the connection.
5713
5714 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5715 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5716 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5717
5718 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5719 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5720 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5721 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5722 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5723 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5724
5725 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5726 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5727 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5728 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5729 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5730 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5731
5732 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5733 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5734 See "Timers" below for more details.
5735
5736 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5737 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5738 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5739 below for more details.
5740
5741 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5742 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5743 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5744 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5745 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5746 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5747 for more details.
5748
5749 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5750 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5751 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5752 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5753 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5754 details.
5755
5756 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5757 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5758 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5759
5760 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5761 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5762 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5763 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5764 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5765 overflowing.
5766
5767 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5768 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5769 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5770 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5771 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5772 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5773 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5774 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5775
5776 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5777 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5778 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5779 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5780 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5781 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5782 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5783 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5784
5785 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5786 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5787 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5788 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5789 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5790 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5791 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5792
5793 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5794 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5795 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5796 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5797 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005798 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005799 system.
5800
5801 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5802 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5803 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5804 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5805 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5806 caused by a denial of service attack.
5807
5808 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5809 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5810 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5811 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5812 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5813 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5814 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5815 denial of service attack.
5816
5817 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5818 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5819 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5820 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5821 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5822 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5823 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5824 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5825 processed than on other servers.
5826
5827 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5828 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5829 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5830 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5831 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5832 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5833 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5834 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5835 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5836 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5837 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5838 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5839 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5840
5841 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5842 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5843 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5844 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5845 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5846 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5847 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5848 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5849
5850 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5851 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5852 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5853 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5854 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5855 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5856 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5857 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5858 occurs.
5859
5860 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5861 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5862 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5863 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5864 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5865 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5866 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5867 cookies" below for more details.
5868
5869 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5870 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5871 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5872 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5873 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5874 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5875 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5876 and cookies" below for more details.
5877
5878 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5879 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5880 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5881 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5882 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5883 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5884 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5885 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5886
5887
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058888.3. Advanced logging options
5889-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005890
5891Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5892just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5893options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5894for more information about their usage.
5895
5896
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058978.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5898------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005899
5900It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5901haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5902commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5903monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5904ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5905
5906 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5907 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5908 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5909 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5910
5911 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5912 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5913 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5914 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5915 such as other load-balancers.
5916
5917 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5918 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5919 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5920
5921
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059228.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5923----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005924
5925The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5926what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5927or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5928"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5929just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5930log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5931after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5932is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5933with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5934with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5935
5936
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059378.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5938------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005939
5940Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5941for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5942"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5943retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5944raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5945a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5946file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5947you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5948"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5949
5950
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059518.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5952--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005953
5954Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5955multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5956them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5957"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5958logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5959error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5960and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5961too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5962useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5963alternative.
5964
5965
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059668.4. Timing events
5967------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005968
5969Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5970reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5971the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5972frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5973mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5974
5975 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5976 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5977 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5978 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5979 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5980
5981 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5982 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5983 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5984 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5985 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5986
5987 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5988 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5989 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5990 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5991 connection never established.
5992
5993 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5994 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5995 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5996 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5997 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5998 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5999 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6000 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6001 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6002 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6003 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6004
6005 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6006 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6007 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6008 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6009 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6010
6011 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6012
6013 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6014 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6015 negative.
6016
6017These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6018protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6019that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
6020due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
6021close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6022session has been aborted on timeout.
6023
6024Most common cases :
6025
6026 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6027 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6028 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6029 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6030 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6031 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6032 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6033 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6034 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6035 connections have been accepted at once.
6036
6037 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6038 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6039 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6040 of ms on remote networks.
6041
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006042 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6043 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6044 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006045
6046 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6047 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6048 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6049 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6050 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6051 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6052 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6053 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6054 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6055 to the server until another one is released.
6056
6057Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6058
6059 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6060 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6061 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6062
6063 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6064 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6065 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6066
6067 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6068 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6069 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6070 flags.
6071
6072 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6073 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6074 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6075 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6076 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6077 the client connection was maintained open.
6078
6079 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6080 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6081 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6082 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6083
6084
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060858.5. Session state at disconnection
6086-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006087
6088TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6089"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
60902-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6091each of which has a special meaning :
6092
6093 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6094 session to terminate :
6095
6096 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6097
6098 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6099 server explicitly refused it.
6100
6101 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6102 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6103 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6104 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6105 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6106 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6107
6108 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6109 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6110 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6111 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6112 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6113
6114 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6115 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6116 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6117 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6118 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6119
6120 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6121 send or receive data.
6122
6123 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6124 send or receive data.
6125
6126 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6127 with nothing left in the buffers.
6128
6129 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6130
6131 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6132 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6133
6134 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6135 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6136 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6137 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6138 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6139
6140 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6141 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6142
6143 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6144 server (HTTP only).
6145
6146 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6147
6148 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6149 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6150 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6151
6152 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6153 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6154 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6155
6156 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6157
6158 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6159 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6160
6161 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6162 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6163 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6164
6165 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6166 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6167 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6168
6169 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6170 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6171 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6172 another server.
6173
6174 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6175 server.
6176
6177 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6178
6179 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6180 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6181
6182 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6183
6184 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6185 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6186 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6187
6188 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6189
6190 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6191 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6192
6193 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6194
6195 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6196
6197The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6198happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6199helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6200starvation, attacks, etc...
6201
6202The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6203alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6204easier finding and understanding.
6205
6206 Flags Reason
6207
6208 -- Normal termination.
6209
6210 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6211 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6212 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6213 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6214
6215 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6216 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6217 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6218 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6219 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6220 by the client.
6221
6222 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6223 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6224 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6225
6226 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6227 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6228 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6229
6230 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6231 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6232 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6233 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6234 the server takes too long to respond.
6235
6236 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6237 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6238 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6239 long a time to respond.
6240
6241 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6242 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6243 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6244 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6245 and the client.
6246
6247 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6248 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6249 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6250 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6251 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6252 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6253
6254 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6255 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006256 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6257 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6258 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6259 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006260
6261 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6262 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6263 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6264 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6265 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6266 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6267
6268 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6269 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6270 503 or 504 here.
6271
6272 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6273 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6274 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6275 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6276 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6277
6278 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6279 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6280 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6281 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6282 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6283
6284 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6285 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6286 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6287 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6288 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6289 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6290 between haproxy and the server.
6291
6292 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6293 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6294 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6295 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6296 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6297 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6298 solution is to fix the application.
6299
6300 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6301 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6302 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6303 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6304 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6305 external attacks.
6306
6307 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6308 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6309 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6310 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6311 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6312
6313 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6314 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6315 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6316 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6317 containing unauthorized characters.
6318
6319 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6320 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6321 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6322 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6323
6324 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6325 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6326 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6327 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6328
6329 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6330 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6331 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6332 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6333
6334
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063358.6. Non-printable characters
6336-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006337
6338In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6339consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6340converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6341prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6342being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6343escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6344is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6345'}' when logging headers.
6346
6347Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6348issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6349containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6350
6351Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6352the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6353performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6354
6355
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063568.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6357---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006358
6359Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6360achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006361section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006362cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6363the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6364the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006365locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006366not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6367user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6368a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6369wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6370
6371 Examples :
6372 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6373 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6374
6375 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6376 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6377
6378
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063798.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6380---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006381
6382Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6383proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6384the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6385server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6386
6387Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6388response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006389section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006390
6391It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6392time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6393appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6394are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6395and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6396follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6397request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6398in the logs.
6399
6400 Example :
6401 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6402 listen proxy-out
6403 mode http
6404 option httplog
6405 option logasap
6406 log global
6407 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6408
6409 # log the name of the virtual server
6410 capture request header Host len 20
6411
6412 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6413 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6414
6415 # log the beginning of the referrer
6416 capture request header Referer len 20
6417
6418 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6419 capture response header Server len 20
6420
6421 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6422 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6423
6424 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6425 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6426
6427 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6428 capture response header Via len 20
6429
6430 # log the URL location during a redirection
6431 capture response header Location len 20
6432
6433 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6434 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6435 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6436 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6437 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6438
6439 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6440 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6441 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6442 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6443 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6444
6445 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6446 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6447 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6448 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6449 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6450 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6451
6452
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064538.9. Examples of logs
6454---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006455
6456These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6457them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6458reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6459
6460 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6461 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6462 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6463
6464 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6465 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6466
6467 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6468 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6469 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6470
6471 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6472 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6473
6474 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6475 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6476 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6477
6478 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6479 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6480 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6481 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6482
6483 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6484 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6485 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6486
6487 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6488 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6489 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6490 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6491 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6492 to return the 502 and not the server.
6493
6494 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6495 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6496
6497 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6498 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6499 Nothing was sent to any server.
6500
6501 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6502 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6503
6504 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6505 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6506 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6507 send a 408 return code to the client.
6508
6509 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6510 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6511
6512 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6513 5 seconds ("c----").
6514
6515 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6516 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6517 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6518
6519 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006520 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006521 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6522 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6523 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6524 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6525 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006526
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006527
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065289. Statistics and monitoring
6529----------------------------
6530
6531It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6532mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6533CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6534Unix socket.
6535
6536
65379.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006538---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006539
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006540The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6541page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6542
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006543 0. pxname: proxy name
6544 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6545 for server)
6546 2. qcur: current queued requests
6547 3. qmax: max queued requests
6548 4. scur: current sessions
6549 5. smax: max sessions
6550 6. slim: sessions limit
6551 7. stot: total sessions
6552 8. bin: bytes in
6553 9. bout: bytes out
6554 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006555 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006556 12. ereq: request errors
6557 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006558 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006559 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6560 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6561 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6562 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6563 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6564 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6565 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6566 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6567 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6568 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6569 25. qlimit: queue limit
6570 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6571 27. iid: unique proxy id
6572 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6573 29. throttle: warm up status
6574 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6575 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6576 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006577 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6578 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6579 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006580 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6581 UNK -> unknown
6582 INI -> initializing
6583 SOCKERR -> socket error
6584 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6585 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6586 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6587 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6588 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6589 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6590 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6591 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6592 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6593 disable-on-404
6594 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6595 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6596 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6597 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6598 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006599
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006600
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066019.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006602-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006603
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006604The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006605must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6606is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6607a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6608risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6609followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6610given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6611then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6612to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006613
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006614It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6615on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6616own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006617
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006618help
6619 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6620 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006621
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006622prompt
6623 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6624 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6625 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6626 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6627 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6628 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6629 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6630 command.
6631
6632quit
6633 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006634
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006635show errors [<iid>]
6636 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6637 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6638 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6639
6640 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6641 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6642 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6643 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6644 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6645 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6646 are reported too.
6647
6648 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6649 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6650 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6651 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6652 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6653 code.
6654
6655 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6656 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6657 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6658 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6659 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6660 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6661 line.
6662
6663 Example :
6664 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6665 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6666 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6667 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6668
6669 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6670 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6671 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6672 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6673 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6674 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6675 00204+ minal\r\n
6676 00211 \r\n
6677
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006678 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006679 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6680 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6681 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6682 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6683 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6684 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006685
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006686show info
6687 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6688
6689show sess
6690 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6691 be huge.
6692
6693show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6694 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6695 possible to dump only selected items :
6696 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6697 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6698 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6699 for example:
6700 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6701 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6702 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6703
6704 Example :
6705 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
6706 Name: HAProxy
6707 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
6708 Release_date: 2009/09/23
6709 Nbproc: 1
6710 Process_num: 1
6711 (...)
6712
6713 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
6714 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
6715 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
6716 (...)
6717 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
6718
6719 $
6720
6721 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
6722 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
6723 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
6724 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
6725 the reader knows the output has not been trucated.
6726
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006727/*
6728 * Local variables:
6729 * fill-column: 79
6730 * End:
6731 */